1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
300 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
301 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
303 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
304 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
305 the string table over and over. */
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
309 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
310 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
312 return (char *) shstrtab
;
316 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
317 unsigned int shindex
,
318 unsigned int strindex
)
320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
325 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
328 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
330 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
332 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
334 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
335 /* xgettext:c-format */
336 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
337 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
342 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
347 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
348 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
349 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
350 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
351 the section is zero. */
352 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
356 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
358 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
360 /* xgettext:c-format */
361 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
362 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
363 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
365 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
369 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
372 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
373 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
374 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
375 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
376 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
377 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
378 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
381 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
391 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
392 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
402 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
408 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
410 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
412 elf_section_list
* entry
;
413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
415 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
416 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
419 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
422 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
424 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
429 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
431 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
432 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
433 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
434 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
435 the index table will not be needed. */
439 /* Read the symbols. */
441 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
444 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
445 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
451 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
452 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
454 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
455 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
457 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
458 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
459 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
465 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
469 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
471 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
475 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
476 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
497 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
498 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
499 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
503 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
504 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
505 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
506 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
508 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
509 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
511 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
512 /* xgettext:c-format */
513 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
514 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
515 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
516 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
523 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
525 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
526 free (alloc_extshndx
);
531 /* Look up a symbol name. */
533 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
535 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
539 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
540 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
542 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
543 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
544 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
546 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
547 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
550 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
553 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
554 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
559 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
560 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
563 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
564 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
566 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
568 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
569 signature just a string? */
572 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
575 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
576 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
577 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
579 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
580 that it is a symbol table section. */
581 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
583 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
584 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
585 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
588 /* Go read the symbol. */
589 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
590 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
591 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
594 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
597 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
600 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
602 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
604 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
605 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
608 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
610 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
611 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
612 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
615 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
616 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
617 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
618 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
619 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
621 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
625 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
631 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
632 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
633 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
637 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
638 so we can find them quickly. */
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
642 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
643 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
644 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
645 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
649 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
651 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
653 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
656 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
658 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
660 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
663 /* Add to list of sections. */
664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
667 /* Read the raw contents. */
668 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
669 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
670 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
671 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
672 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
674 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
677 /* xgettext:c-format */
678 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
679 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
680 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
681 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
686 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
687 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
688 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
690 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
691 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
699 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
700 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
704 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
705 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
706 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
711 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
712 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
713 section group should be marked with
714 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
715 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
717 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
720 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
723 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
731 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
732 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
736 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
740 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
742 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
749 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
751 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
754 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
756 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
757 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
759 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
760 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
766 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
767 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
769 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
770 /* xgettext:c-format */
771 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
772 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
773 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
777 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
779 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
780 section is a member. */
782 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
786 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
787 other members to see if any others are linked via
789 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
790 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
792 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
793 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
794 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
798 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
799 insert current section in circular list. */
800 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
801 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
802 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
808 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
811 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
813 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
814 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
817 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
819 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
820 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
829 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
831 /* xgettext:c-format */
832 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
840 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
843 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
844 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
847 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
848 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
850 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
851 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
853 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
854 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
855 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
856 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
859 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 bed
->link_order_error_handler
861 /* xgettext:c-format */
862 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
867 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
869 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
871 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
872 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
876 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
877 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
881 /* xgettext:c-format */
882 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
883 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
887 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
890 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
891 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
894 /* xgettext:c-format */
895 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
896 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
901 /* Process section groups. */
902 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
905 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
907 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
908 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
911 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
912 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
915 /* xgettext:c-format */
916 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
922 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
923 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
929 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
931 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
932 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
933 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
934 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
936 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
938 /* xgettext:c-format */
939 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
942 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
943 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
956 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
958 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
962 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
964 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
965 return elf_group_name (sec
);
970 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
972 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
973 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
974 if (new_name
== NULL
)
978 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
983 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
985 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
986 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
987 if (new_name
== NULL
)
990 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
994 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
998 int16_t major_version
;
999 int16_t minor_version
;
1000 unsigned char slim_object
;
1002 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1006 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1007 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1010 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1011 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1018 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1020 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1023 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1024 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1027 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1028 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1029 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1031 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1032 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1033 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1035 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1037 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1038 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1039 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1040 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1042 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1045 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1048 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1049 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1052 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1054 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1057 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1059 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1060 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1061 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1062 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1064 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1065 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1066 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1067 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1069 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1071 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1072 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1076 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1077 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1078 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1082 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1084 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1085 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1086 if (name
[0] == '.')
1088 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1089 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1090 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1091 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1092 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1093 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1095 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1098 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1099 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1100 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1101 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1105 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1107 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1110 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1111 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1112 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1113 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1114 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1115 all but one of the sections. */
1116 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1117 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1118 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1120 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1123 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1124 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1125 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1128 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1129 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1130 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1131 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1135 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1138 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1139 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1143 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1145 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1146 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1148 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1149 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1150 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1151 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1152 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1153 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1154 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1156 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1158 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1161 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1162 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1164 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1165 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1166 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1167 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1169 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1170 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1171 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1173 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1174 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1175 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1176 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1177 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1178 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1179 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1180 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1181 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1183 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1184 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1185 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1186 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1187 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1188 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1189 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1195 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1196 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1197 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1198 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1199 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1201 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1202 int compression_header_size
;
1203 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1204 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1205 bfd_boolean compressed
1206 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1207 &compression_header_size
,
1209 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1212 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1213 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1214 action
= decompress
;
1217 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1218 section. Check if we should compress. */
1219 if (action
== nothing
)
1221 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1222 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1223 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1224 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1226 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1227 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1233 if (action
== compress
)
1235 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1238 /* xgettext:c-format */
1239 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1246 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1249 /* xgettext:c-format */
1250 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1256 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1259 && (action
== decompress
1260 || (action
== compress
1261 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1263 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1264 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1266 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1267 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1269 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1273 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1274 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1275 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1278 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1280 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1281 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1283 struct lto_section lsection
;
1284 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1285 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1286 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1292 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1294 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1295 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1296 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1299 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1300 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1301 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1302 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1303 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1304 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1305 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1306 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1307 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1309 bfd_reloc_status_type
1310 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1313 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1314 asection
*input_section
,
1316 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1318 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1319 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1320 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1321 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1323 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1324 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1327 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1330 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1331 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1332 should be the same. */
1335 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1336 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1338 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1339 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1340 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1341 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1343 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1344 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1346 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1349 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1350 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1351 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1352 to be the correct section. */
1355 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1356 const unsigned int hint
)
1358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1361 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1363 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1364 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1365 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1366 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1369 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1373 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1375 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1376 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1377 multiple matches ? */
1384 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1385 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1386 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1389 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1391 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1392 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1393 const unsigned int secnum
)
1395 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1396 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1397 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1398 unsigned int sh_link
;
1400 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1402 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1403 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1404 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1405 matched up with the original.
1407 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1408 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1409 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1410 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1411 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1412 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1413 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1414 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1415 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1416 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1417 without any contents. */
1418 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1419 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1420 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1421 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1425 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1426 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1430 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1431 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1432 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1433 in the input bfd. */
1434 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1436 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1437 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1440 /* xgettext:c-format */
1441 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1442 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1446 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1447 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1449 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1453 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1454 if we could not find a match ? */
1456 /* xgettext:c-format */
1457 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1460 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1462 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1463 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1465 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1467 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1469 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1470 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1473 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1474 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1476 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1478 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1483 /* xgettext:c-format */
1484 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1490 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1494 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1496 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1498 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1501 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1502 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1505 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1507 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1508 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1511 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1513 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1514 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1515 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1517 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1518 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1519 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1520 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1522 /* Copy object attributes. */
1523 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1525 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1528 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1530 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1531 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1536 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1537 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1538 files. See below for more details. */
1540 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1541 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1544 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1545 fields have already been initialised. */
1546 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1547 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1550 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1551 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1552 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1554 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1556 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1559 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1560 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1561 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1562 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1564 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1565 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1566 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1567 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1568 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1569 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1574 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1577 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1578 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1579 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1580 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1582 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1584 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1587 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1588 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1589 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1591 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1592 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1593 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1594 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1595 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1596 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1597 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1598 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1599 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1600 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1602 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1607 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1609 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1610 with a NULL input section. */
1611 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1620 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1625 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1626 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1627 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1628 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1629 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1630 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1631 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1632 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1633 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1634 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1635 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1636 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1641 /* Print out the program headers. */
1644 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1646 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1647 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1649 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1651 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1656 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1657 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1658 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1660 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1665 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1668 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1669 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1670 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1671 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1672 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1673 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1674 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1675 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1676 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1677 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1678 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1679 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1680 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1681 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1682 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1683 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1684 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1689 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1692 unsigned int elfsec
;
1693 unsigned long shlink
;
1694 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1696 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1698 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1700 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1703 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1704 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1706 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1708 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1709 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1712 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1713 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1715 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1716 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1718 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1720 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1721 const char *name
= "";
1723 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1724 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1726 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1728 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1735 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1736 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1738 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1740 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1745 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1746 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1747 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1748 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1749 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1750 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1751 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1752 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1753 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1754 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1755 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1756 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1757 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1758 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1759 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1760 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1761 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1762 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1763 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1764 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1765 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1766 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1767 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1768 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1769 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1770 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1771 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1772 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1773 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1774 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1775 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1776 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1777 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1778 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1779 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1780 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1781 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1782 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1783 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1784 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1785 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1786 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1787 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1788 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1789 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1790 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1791 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1792 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1793 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1794 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1795 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1796 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1797 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1798 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1799 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1800 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1801 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1802 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1805 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1809 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1814 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1816 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1819 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1828 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1829 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1831 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1835 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1837 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1839 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1840 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1842 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1843 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1844 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1845 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1847 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1850 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1854 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1860 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1862 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1864 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1865 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1867 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1869 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1870 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1871 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1872 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1873 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1874 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1886 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1887 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1890 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_name (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1892 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1894 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1895 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1896 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1898 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1900 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1901 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1904 version_string
= "";
1905 else if (vernum
== 1
1906 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1907 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1909 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1910 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1912 const char *nodename
1913 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1914 version_string
= ((base_p
|| strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
))
1919 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1921 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1922 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1926 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1928 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1930 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1932 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1939 return version_string
;
1942 /* Get version string. */
1945 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1946 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1948 return _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_name (abfd
, symbol
, TRUE
, hidden
);
1951 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1954 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1957 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1959 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1962 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1963 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1965 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1966 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1967 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1968 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1970 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1972 const char *section_name
;
1973 const char *name
= NULL
;
1974 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1975 unsigned char st_other
;
1977 const char *version_string
;
1980 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1982 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1983 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1984 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1988 name
= symbol
->name
;
1989 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1992 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1993 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1994 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1995 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1996 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1997 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1998 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
2000 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
2001 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
2003 /* If we have version information, print it. */
2004 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2010 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2015 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2016 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2021 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2022 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2027 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2028 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2029 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2031 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2033 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2036 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2042 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2044 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2047 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2049 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2050 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2051 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2053 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2054 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2055 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2056 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2058 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2063 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2064 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2065 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2066 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2067 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2068 can expect to recurse at least once.
2070 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2071 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2073 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2074 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2075 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2077 size_t amt
= elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
2078 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2079 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2081 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2083 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2086 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2089 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2092 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2093 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2094 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2099 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2100 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2103 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2106 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2107 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2108 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2109 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2110 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2111 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2112 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2113 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2114 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2115 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2118 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2119 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2122 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2124 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2125 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2126 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2129 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2130 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2131 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2133 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2138 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2140 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2142 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2144 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2145 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2146 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2147 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2149 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2150 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2154 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2156 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2157 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2159 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2160 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2162 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2170 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2171 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2174 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2177 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2179 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2181 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2182 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2183 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2188 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2189 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2190 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2193 /* xgettext:c-format */
2194 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2195 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2199 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2200 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2201 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2202 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2204 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2205 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2206 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2207 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2208 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2210 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2211 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2212 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2216 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2217 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2218 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2220 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2221 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2223 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2224 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2227 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2228 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2230 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2232 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2233 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2238 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2240 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2242 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2243 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2248 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2249 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2253 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2254 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2257 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2260 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2262 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2265 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2266 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2267 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2272 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2273 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2274 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2277 /* xgettext:c-format */
2278 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2279 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2283 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2284 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2285 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2286 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2288 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2289 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2290 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2293 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2295 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2297 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2298 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2301 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2304 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2306 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2307 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2308 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2312 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2313 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2316 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2318 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2319 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2323 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2326 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2327 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2334 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2335 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2336 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2337 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2339 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2344 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2345 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2346 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2347 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2349 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2351 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2352 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2354 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2355 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2357 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2360 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2362 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2364 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2365 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2369 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2374 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2376 asection
*target_sect
;
2377 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2378 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2379 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2382 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2383 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2386 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2387 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2390 /* xgettext:c-format */
2391 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2392 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2393 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2398 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2399 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2400 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2401 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2402 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2403 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2404 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2406 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2407 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2408 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2409 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2415 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2417 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2418 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2429 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2432 /* Get the symbol table. */
2433 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2434 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2435 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2438 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2439 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2440 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2441 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2442 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2443 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2444 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2445 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2446 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2447 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2448 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2449 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2450 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2451 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2452 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2453 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2455 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2460 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2463 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2464 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2467 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2468 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2469 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2471 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2473 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2474 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2478 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2481 /* xgettext:c-format */
2482 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2483 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2484 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2489 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2494 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2495 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2496 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2497 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2498 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2499 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2500 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2501 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2502 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2504 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2505 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2507 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2511 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2512 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2513 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2514 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2517 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2518 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2521 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2522 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2523 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2526 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2527 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2528 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2529 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2536 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2539 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2545 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2546 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2547 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2549 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2551 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2555 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2556 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2559 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2561 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2562 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2563 for applications? */
2565 /* xgettext:c-format */
2566 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2567 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2570 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2571 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2576 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2577 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2578 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2580 /* xgettext:c-format */
2581 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2582 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2583 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2585 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2586 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2587 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2588 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2589 be rejected with an error message. */
2591 /* xgettext:c-format */
2592 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2593 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2596 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2597 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2602 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2604 /* xgettext:c-format */
2605 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2606 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2614 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2615 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2616 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2618 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2619 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2624 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2627 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2629 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2631 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2633 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2635 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2636 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2637 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2639 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2640 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2641 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2644 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2646 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2649 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2652 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2655 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2659 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2661 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2663 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2666 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2669 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2672 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2675 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2676 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2679 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2681 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2682 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2683 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2684 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2685 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2692 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2694 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2697 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2700 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2701 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2704 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2710 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2712 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2713 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2714 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2715 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2718 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2720 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2721 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2724 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2727 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2728 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2729 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2732 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2734 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2735 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2738 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2740 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2741 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2742 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2745 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2747 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2748 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2749 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2752 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2754 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2755 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2756 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2757 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2758 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2761 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2763 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2764 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2765 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2766 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2767 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2768 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2769 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2772 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2774 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2775 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2776 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2777 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2780 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2782 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2783 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2784 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2785 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2786 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2789 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2791 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2792 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2793 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2795 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2796 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2797 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2798 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2801 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2803 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2805 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2807 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2808 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2809 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2815 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2818 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2819 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2820 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2826 len
= strlen (name
);
2828 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2831 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2833 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2835 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2838 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2839 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2841 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2843 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2845 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2846 && (suffix_len
== -2
2847 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2853 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2855 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2856 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2866 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2867 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2870 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2871 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2873 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2874 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2877 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2878 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2881 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2882 bed
->special_sections
,
2888 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2891 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2892 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2895 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2900 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2904 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2906 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2907 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2908 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2910 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2913 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2917 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2920 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2921 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2922 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2924 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2925 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2926 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2929 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2930 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2933 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2936 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2938 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2939 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2940 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2941 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2943 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2944 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2945 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2946 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2947 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2948 of combined data+bss.
2950 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2951 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2952 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2953 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2954 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2959 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2960 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2962 const char *type_name
)
2969 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2971 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2972 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2973 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2975 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2977 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2978 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2979 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2982 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2983 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2984 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2986 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2987 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2988 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2989 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2990 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2991 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2992 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2994 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2995 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2996 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2998 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
3000 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3003 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3005 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3009 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3013 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3014 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3015 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3018 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3019 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3020 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3022 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3023 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3024 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3025 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3026 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3027 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3028 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3029 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3030 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3032 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
3033 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
3034 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
3035 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
3036 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
3037 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
3038 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3040 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3041 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3042 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3044 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3045 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3052 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3054 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3055 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3056 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3062 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3064 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3066 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3069 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3072 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3074 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3075 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3079 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3082 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3085 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3087 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3093 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3096 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3098 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3099 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3103 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3106 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3109 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3110 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3111 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3115 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3119 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3121 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3123 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3124 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3127 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3131 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3132 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3133 const char *sec_name
,
3134 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3136 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3137 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3141 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3143 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3145 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3151 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3152 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3153 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3157 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3158 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3159 const char *sec_name
,
3160 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3161 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3163 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3164 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3166 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3167 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3168 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3170 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3171 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3172 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3175 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3176 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3177 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3178 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3179 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3180 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3181 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3182 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3183 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3188 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3191 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3193 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3194 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3196 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3199 struct fake_section_arg
3201 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3205 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3208 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3210 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3211 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3212 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3213 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3214 unsigned int sh_type
;
3215 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3216 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3221 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3226 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3230 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3231 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3232 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3236 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3238 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3239 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3240 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3241 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3242 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3245 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3247 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3248 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3250 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3251 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3255 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3256 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3264 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3266 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3267 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3268 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3269 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3270 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3271 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3276 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3281 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3282 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3286 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3288 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3295 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3297 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3298 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3299 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3301 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3303 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3304 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3305 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3306 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3307 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3310 /* xgettext:c-format */
3311 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3312 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3316 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3317 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3318 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3319 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3320 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3321 copy_private_section_data. */
3323 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3324 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3326 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3328 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3329 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3331 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3333 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3334 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3335 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3336 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3337 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3339 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3340 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3341 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3342 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3344 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3345 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3348 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3359 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3360 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3361 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3362 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3366 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3370 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3374 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3378 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3379 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3383 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3384 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3387 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3388 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3391 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3392 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3393 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3394 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3396 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3397 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3399 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3400 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3403 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3404 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3405 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3406 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3408 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3409 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3411 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3412 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3416 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3420 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3424 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3425 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3426 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3427 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3428 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3429 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3430 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3432 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3433 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3435 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3436 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3437 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3438 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3439 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3441 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3442 if (asect
->size
== 0
3443 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3445 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3447 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3450 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3451 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3452 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3456 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3457 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3459 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3460 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3461 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3462 create the other. */
3463 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3465 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3468 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3469 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3470 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3471 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3473 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3474 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3475 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3480 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3481 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3482 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3488 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3490 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3500 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3501 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3502 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3503 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3509 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3511 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3512 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3513 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3517 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3518 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3519 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3520 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3523 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3525 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3526 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3530 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3532 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3537 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3539 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3541 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3543 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3544 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3548 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3550 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3551 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3556 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3558 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3560 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3562 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3563 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3564 set until all local symbols are output. */
3566 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3567 unsigned long symndx
;
3568 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3571 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3572 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3573 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3574 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3575 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3576 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3578 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3580 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3582 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3583 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3585 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3586 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3587 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3588 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3590 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3593 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3595 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3598 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3600 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3601 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3602 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3609 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3611 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3612 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3613 start of the input section group. */
3614 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3616 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3617 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3618 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3619 directives, not that it matters. */
3626 s
= s
->output_section
;
3628 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3630 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3631 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3633 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3635 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3636 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3638 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3640 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3642 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3644 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3645 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3647 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3649 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3652 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3654 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3660 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3662 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3665 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3666 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3667 relocations apply. */
3670 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3672 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3673 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3674 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3675 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3680 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3686 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3689 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3692 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3697 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3699 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3700 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3703 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3704 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3705 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3708 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3711 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3712 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3713 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3716 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3717 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3718 in here too, while we're at it. */
3721 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3723 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3725 unsigned int section_number
;
3726 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3727 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3728 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3733 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3735 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3736 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3738 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3740 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3741 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3743 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3745 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3747 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3749 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3750 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3751 abfd
->section_count
--;
3754 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3757 /* Count relocations. */
3758 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3761 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3762 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3763 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3766 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3768 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3770 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3771 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3772 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3773 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3776 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3777 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3778 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3785 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3786 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3787 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3793 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3794 || (link_info
== NULL
3795 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3799 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3800 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3801 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3803 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3805 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3807 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3808 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3809 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3811 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3812 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3813 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3816 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3817 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3820 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3821 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3822 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3824 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3826 /* xgettext:c-format */
3827 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3828 abfd
, section_number
);
3832 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3833 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3835 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3837 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3838 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3839 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3842 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3843 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3844 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3846 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3850 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3852 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3855 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3856 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3858 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3859 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3860 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3861 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3863 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3864 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3867 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3871 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3873 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3874 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3875 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3876 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3877 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3879 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3881 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3882 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3883 the relocation entries apply. */
3884 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3886 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3887 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3888 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3890 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3892 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3893 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3894 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3897 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3898 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3900 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3903 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3904 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3906 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3907 if (discarded_section (s
))
3911 /* xgettext:c-format */
3912 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3913 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3914 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3916 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3917 size as the discarded one. */
3918 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3921 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3927 s
= s
->output_section
;
3928 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3932 /* Handle objcopy. */
3933 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3936 /* xgettext:c-format */
3937 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3938 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3939 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3940 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3943 s
= s
->output_section
;
3945 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3950 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3951 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3952 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3954 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3955 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3956 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3957 /* xgettext:c-format */
3958 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3963 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3967 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3968 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3969 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3970 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3971 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3972 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3973 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3975 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3977 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3980 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3981 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3986 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3987 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3988 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3989 field to point to this section. */
3990 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3991 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3996 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3997 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
4000 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
4001 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
4002 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
4006 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
4008 /* This is a .stab section. */
4009 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
4010 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
4011 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
4018 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
4019 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
4020 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
4021 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
4023 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4025 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4028 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4029 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4030 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4031 the version strings. */
4032 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4033 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4035 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4040 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4041 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4042 this hash table or version table is for. */
4043 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4045 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4049 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4053 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4054 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4055 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4061 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4063 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4064 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4065 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4066 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4068 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4069 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4070 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4073 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4074 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4075 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4076 the beginning of that array.
4078 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4081 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4082 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4084 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4086 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4088 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4089 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4090 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4092 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4095 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4098 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4100 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4103 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4106 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4111 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4112 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4115 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4117 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4122 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4125 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4128 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4129 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4130 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4131 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4132 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4133 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4134 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4135 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4136 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4139 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4140 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4143 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4145 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4146 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4147 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4148 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4149 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4150 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4151 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4152 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4159 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4163 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4165 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4166 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4170 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4171 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4172 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4174 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4175 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4177 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4178 decided to output. */
4179 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4181 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4183 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4185 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4186 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4188 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4190 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4191 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4193 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4197 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4198 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4200 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4202 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4206 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4207 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4208 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4209 at least in that case. */
4210 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4212 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4214 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4221 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4222 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4223 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4224 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4227 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4229 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4232 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4233 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4234 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4239 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4241 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4243 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4245 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4248 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4249 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4252 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4254 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4258 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4260 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4264 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4265 ELF data structure. */
4267 static inline file_ptr
4268 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4270 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4273 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4274 required section alignment. */
4277 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4281 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4282 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4283 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4284 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4285 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4286 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4287 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4291 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4292 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4293 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4296 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4297 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4299 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4300 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4302 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4303 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4304 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4306 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4309 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4310 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4311 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4313 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4316 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4317 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4318 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4322 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4325 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4326 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4327 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4328 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4332 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4333 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4335 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4340 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4342 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4347 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4348 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4349 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4350 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4351 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4352 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4353 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4354 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4355 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4356 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4357 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4359 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4365 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4367 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4369 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4370 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4372 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4374 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4375 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4376 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4377 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4380 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4381 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4383 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4385 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4387 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4388 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4390 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4393 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4398 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4399 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4401 static bfd_size_type
4402 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4406 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4408 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4409 and one for data. */
4412 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4413 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4415 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4416 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4417 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4422 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4424 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4428 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4430 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4434 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4436 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4440 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4442 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4446 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4447 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4448 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4450 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4454 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4456 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4457 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4459 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4460 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4462 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4463 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4464 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4465 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4466 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4467 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4468 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4469 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4470 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4471 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4476 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4478 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4480 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4486 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4488 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4489 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4491 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4492 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4493 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4494 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4496 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4499 /* xgettext:c-format */
4500 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4501 "sh_info field: %d"),
4502 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4505 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4506 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4507 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4512 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4513 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4517 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4523 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4526 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4529 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4531 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4532 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4534 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4540 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4541 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4548 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4550 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4551 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4552 asection
**sections
,
4557 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4562 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4563 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4564 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4568 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4569 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4570 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4571 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4573 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4575 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4576 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4577 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4583 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4586 struct elf_segment_map
*
4587 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4589 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4591 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4592 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4596 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4598 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4603 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4606 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4607 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4608 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4610 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4611 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4613 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4614 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4615 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4616 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4618 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4621 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4623 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4625 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4626 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4627 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4629 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4633 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4635 if (remove_empty_load
4636 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4638 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4644 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4645 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4647 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4654 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4655 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4657 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4660 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4663 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4664 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4665 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4666 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4668 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4671 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4673 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4677 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4678 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4681 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4682 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4684 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4685 bfd_boolean writable
;
4686 bfd_boolean executable
;
4687 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4688 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4689 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4690 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4692 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4693 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4694 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4696 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4698 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4699 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4700 if (sections
== NULL
)
4703 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4704 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4706 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4707 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4710 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4712 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4714 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4715 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4717 s
->target_index
= i
;
4720 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4721 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4722 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4725 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4728 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4730 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4731 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4732 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4733 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4734 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4736 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4737 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4739 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4741 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4742 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4743 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4744 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4745 been left for them. */
4746 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4748 /* Build the mapping. */
4752 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4753 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4755 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4756 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4758 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4759 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4763 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4765 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4766 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4767 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4771 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4772 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4776 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4784 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4785 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4786 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4792 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4794 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4797 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4798 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4800 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4801 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4802 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4803 program headers we will need. */
4804 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4806 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4807 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4809 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4811 && info
->separate_code
4812 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4814 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4815 thus not executable, and the first section is
4816 executable then put the file and program headers in
4817 their own PT_LOAD. */
4818 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4819 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4820 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4822 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4823 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4824 previous page if we can. */
4825 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4826 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4828 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4831 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4832 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4833 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4834 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4835 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4836 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4837 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4838 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4840 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4841 else if (separate_phdr
)
4843 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4846 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4848 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4849 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4852 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4856 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4859 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4863 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4866 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4868 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4869 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4870 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4872 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4874 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4875 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4879 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4880 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4882 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4883 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4886 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4887 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4888 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4890 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4891 pages onto the same memory page. */
4892 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4894 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4895 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4896 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4897 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4898 section can be included in the current segment. */
4899 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4900 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4901 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4902 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4904 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4905 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4908 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4909 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4911 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4912 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4913 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4914 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4917 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4919 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4920 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4921 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4922 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4924 else if (info
!= NULL
4925 && info
->separate_code
4926 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4931 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4933 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4939 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4940 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4943 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4944 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4946 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4948 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4954 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4956 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4959 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4960 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4964 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4965 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4967 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4974 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4979 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4985 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4986 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4988 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4991 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4993 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4994 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4995 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4997 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
5005 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5008 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
5015 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
5016 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
5017 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
5018 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
5019 in the output file. */
5020 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5022 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5023 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5026 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5029 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5031 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5032 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5033 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5034 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5041 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5042 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5043 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5047 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5051 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5052 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5055 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5056 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5060 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5066 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5067 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5071 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5074 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5075 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5076 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5081 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5082 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5084 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5086 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5088 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5091 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5094 while (i
< tls_count
)
5096 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5098 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5102 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5105 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5117 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5118 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5119 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5120 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5121 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5123 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5124 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5125 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5127 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5130 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5131 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5135 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5136 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5138 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5140 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5146 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5147 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5148 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5150 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5151 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5155 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5157 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5164 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5166 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5167 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5168 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5170 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5171 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5175 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5177 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5183 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5185 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5186 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5190 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5191 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5192 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5193 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5194 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5195 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5197 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5198 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5205 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5207 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5209 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5211 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5212 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5215 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5216 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5217 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5220 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5225 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5228 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5229 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5233 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5240 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5243 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5246 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5248 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5253 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5258 /* Sort sections by address. */
5261 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5263 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5264 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5265 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5267 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5268 place the section into a segment. */
5269 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5271 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5274 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5275 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5276 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5278 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5281 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5283 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5290 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5295 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5296 before others at the same address. */
5298 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5299 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5306 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5309 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5310 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5313 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5315 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5316 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5318 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5320 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5322 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5324 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5326 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5327 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5328 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5329 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5330 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5332 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5334 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5336 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5338 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5340 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5343 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5345 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5347 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5349 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5352 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5354 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5355 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5359 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5361 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5362 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5363 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5364 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5365 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5368 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5369 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5371 /* In other words, something like:
5373 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5374 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5375 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5376 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5378 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5380 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5383 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5385 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5386 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5388 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5392 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5395 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5400 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5401 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5402 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5403 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5404 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5405 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5407 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5408 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5412 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5413 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5414 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5420 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5425 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5427 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5430 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5435 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5436 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5440 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5441 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5443 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5444 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5445 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5446 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5447 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5448 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5449 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5450 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5452 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5453 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5455 if (link_info
== NULL
5456 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5460 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5465 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5466 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5470 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5471 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5472 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5475 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5477 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5480 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5484 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5485 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5486 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5487 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5492 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5496 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5497 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5498 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5499 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5500 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5502 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5503 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5504 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5505 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5506 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5507 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5508 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5512 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5514 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5515 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5516 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5517 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5518 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5519 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5521 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5522 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5524 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5525 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5526 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5531 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5535 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5536 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5538 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5539 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5540 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5541 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5542 position after the ELF file header. */
5543 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5544 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5546 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5547 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5549 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5555 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5556 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5558 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5561 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5562 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5564 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5565 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5566 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5567 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5568 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5569 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5571 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5572 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5575 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5577 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5579 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5580 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5581 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5584 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5586 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5587 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5589 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5590 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5591 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5592 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5593 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5594 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5595 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5597 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5598 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5600 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5602 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5603 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5604 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5605 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5607 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5609 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5611 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5614 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5616 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5619 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5620 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5622 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5626 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5628 unsigned int secalign
;
5630 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5631 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5632 align_power
= secalign
;
5634 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5635 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5636 align
= maxpagesize
;
5639 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5640 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5641 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5642 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5643 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5644 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5646 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5649 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5650 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5652 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5656 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5658 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5659 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5662 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5663 && bed
->no_page_alias
5664 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5665 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5666 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5667 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5671 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5672 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5673 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5674 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5675 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5676 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5677 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5678 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5683 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5684 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5685 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5687 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5690 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5691 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5693 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5696 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5697 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5698 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5699 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5701 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5703 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5705 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5706 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5707 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5711 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5712 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5713 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5716 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5717 " try linking with -N"),
5719 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5723 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5727 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5729 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5730 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5731 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5732 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5736 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5738 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5740 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5741 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5742 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5744 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5746 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5749 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5750 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5751 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5754 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5756 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5757 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5758 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5759 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5760 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5761 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5762 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5763 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5766 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5770 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5771 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5773 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5778 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5779 without file contents somewhere within the first
5780 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5781 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5782 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5786 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5791 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5793 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5795 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5796 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5800 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5801 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5802 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5803 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5804 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5805 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5808 bfd_size_type align
;
5809 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5812 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5813 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5815 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5816 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5817 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5818 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5819 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5820 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5822 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5823 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5824 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5825 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5829 || p_end
< p_start
))
5832 /* xgettext:c-format */
5833 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5834 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5835 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5837 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5839 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5841 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5843 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5845 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5847 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5848 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5850 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5851 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5856 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5860 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5862 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5866 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5867 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5868 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5874 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5883 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5885 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5886 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5887 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5889 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5890 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5891 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5893 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5894 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5895 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5896 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5897 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5898 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5900 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5902 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5905 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5907 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5908 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5909 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5910 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5911 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5912 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5914 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5916 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5917 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5919 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5921 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5922 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5925 if (align
> p
->p_align
5926 && !m
->p_align_valid
5927 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5928 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5932 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5935 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5937 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5944 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5945 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5946 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5947 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5948 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5949 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5951 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5952 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5953 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5954 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5955 " by LOAD segment"),
5957 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5959 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5960 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5961 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5964 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5965 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5966 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5968 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5970 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5971 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5972 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5973 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5974 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5975 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5977 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5982 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5984 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5987 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5988 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5989 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5990 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5993 /* xgettext:c-format */
5994 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5996 print_segment_map (m
);
6002 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6004 if (link_info
!= NULL
6005 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
6006 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
6008 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
6009 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
6010 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
6012 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
6013 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
6014 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
6015 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6017 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6018 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6019 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6020 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6023 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6025 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6026 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6027 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6029 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6030 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6031 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6039 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6040 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6044 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6045 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6048 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6049 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6057 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6058 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6059 use heuristics instead. */
6062 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6064 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6067 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6068 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6069 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6071 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6073 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6075 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6076 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6077 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6078 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6079 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6086 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6087 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6090 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6091 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6093 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6094 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6096 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6097 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6098 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6100 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6102 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6103 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6104 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6105 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6107 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6110 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6111 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6112 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6113 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6114 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6115 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6117 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6118 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6119 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6120 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6121 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6122 so do not warn about them. */
6123 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6125 /* xgettext:c-format */
6126 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6128 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6130 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6131 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6132 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6133 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6136 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6138 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6141 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6142 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6143 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6144 not been decided. */
6145 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6146 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6147 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6148 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6149 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6150 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6151 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6152 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6153 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6154 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6156 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6158 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6160 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6161 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6162 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6163 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6165 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6167 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6170 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6172 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6173 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6174 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6175 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6176 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6178 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6180 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6182 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6183 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6194 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6195 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6198 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6200 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6202 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6204 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6206 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6207 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6208 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6210 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6216 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6217 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6219 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6228 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6229 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6230 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6231 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6232 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6234 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6235 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6236 In cases where the end does not match any
6237 loaded section (for instance is in file
6238 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6239 the end of loaded section contents. */
6240 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6241 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6243 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6244 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6245 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6246 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6247 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6249 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6251 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6257 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6260 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6262 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6264 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6265 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6267 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6271 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6272 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6273 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6275 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6276 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6277 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6283 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6285 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6287 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6288 "and/or program header"),
6289 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6294 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6295 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6297 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6298 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6299 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6301 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6313 static elf_section_list
*
6314 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6316 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6322 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6323 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6324 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6326 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6327 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6328 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6329 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6330 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6331 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6332 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6333 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6335 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6338 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6339 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6341 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6342 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6346 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6347 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6349 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6350 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6351 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6355 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6356 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6358 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6359 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6360 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6361 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6363 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6366 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6367 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6368 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6370 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6371 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6372 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6373 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6374 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6375 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6376 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6377 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6378 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6380 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6383 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6386 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6387 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6391 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6392 assignment of sections to segments. */
6393 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6396 /* And for non-load sections. */
6397 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6401 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6404 /* Write out the program headers. */
6405 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6408 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6409 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6417 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6418 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6420 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6421 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6422 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6424 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6426 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6427 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6430 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6432 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6433 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6434 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6435 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6437 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6438 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6439 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6440 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6442 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6443 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6444 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6445 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6446 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6447 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6449 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6451 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6453 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6454 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6457 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6458 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6459 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6460 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6461 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6462 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6463 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6464 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6466 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6469 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6470 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6472 /* No program header, for now. */
6473 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6474 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6475 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6477 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6478 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6479 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6481 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6482 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6483 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6484 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6485 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6486 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6487 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6488 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6489 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6495 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6497 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6498 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6499 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6500 changed or the programs updated. */
6503 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6505 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6507 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6508 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6509 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6510 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6511 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6513 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6514 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6515 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6516 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6517 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6519 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6520 segments is non-zero. */
6522 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6527 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6528 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6531 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6535 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6536 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6537 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6539 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6541 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6542 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6543 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6546 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6548 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6549 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6550 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6551 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6554 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6556 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6558 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6559 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6561 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6562 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6566 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6567 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6569 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6570 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6572 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6573 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6577 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6578 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6581 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6583 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6585 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6587 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6592 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6597 /* Update section size and contents. */
6598 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6599 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6600 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6604 /* Update section size and contents. */
6605 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6606 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6609 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6616 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6618 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6619 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6620 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6621 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6623 /* Place the section headers. */
6624 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6625 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6626 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6627 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6628 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6629 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6635 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6637 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6638 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6640 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6641 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6643 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6644 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6646 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6647 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6648 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6649 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6651 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6652 already been written to the BFD. */
6653 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6655 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6659 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6662 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6666 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6669 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6670 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6671 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6673 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6674 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6675 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6676 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6677 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6679 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6681 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6683 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6684 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6689 /* Write out the section header names. */
6690 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6691 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6692 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6693 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6696 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6699 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6702 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6703 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6704 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6710 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6712 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6713 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6716 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6719 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6721 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6722 unsigned int sec_index
;
6724 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6725 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6726 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6728 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6729 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6730 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6731 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6732 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6733 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6735 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6737 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6738 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6740 int retval
= sec_index
;
6742 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6746 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6747 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6752 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6756 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6758 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6760 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6762 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6763 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6764 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6765 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6766 input sections rather than the output section. */
6767 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6768 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6769 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6774 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6775 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6776 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6777 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6778 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6779 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6780 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6783 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6787 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6788 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6790 /* xgettext:c-format */
6791 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6792 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6793 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6800 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6801 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6809 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6812 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6814 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6815 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6816 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6817 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6818 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6821 unsigned int num_segments
;
6822 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6823 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6824 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6825 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6826 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6827 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6828 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6830 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6831 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6834 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6836 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6837 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6839 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6840 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6841 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6842 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6844 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6845 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6846 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6847 ? section->size : 0)
6849 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6850 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6851 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6852 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6853 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6854 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6856 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6857 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6858 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6859 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6860 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6861 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6862 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6864 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6865 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6866 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6867 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6868 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6869 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6870 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6872 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6874 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6876 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6880 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6881 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6882 p_memsz set to 0. */
6883 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6885 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6886 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6887 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6888 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6890 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6891 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6892 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6894 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6895 A section will be included if:
6896 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6897 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6898 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6900 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6901 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6902 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6903 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6904 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6905 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6906 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6907 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6908 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6909 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6910 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6911 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6912 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6913 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6914 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6915 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6916 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6917 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6918 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6919 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6920 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6921 || (segment->p_paddr \
6922 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6923 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6924 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6925 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6927 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6928 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6929 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6930 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6931 && section->output_section != NULL)
6933 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6934 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6935 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6937 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6938 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6939 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6940 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6941 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6943 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6944 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6945 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6946 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6947 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6949 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6950 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6951 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6953 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6954 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6955 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6956 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6957 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6958 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6961 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6963 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6967 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6968 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6969 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6970 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6971 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6976 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6978 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6979 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6980 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6982 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6983 assignment code will work. */
6984 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6988 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6990 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6991 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6992 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6996 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6997 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6999 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
7001 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
7002 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
7005 /* Merge the two segments together. */
7006 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
7008 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
7010 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
7011 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
7013 if (extra_length
> 0)
7015 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7016 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7019 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7021 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7023 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7028 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7030 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7031 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7033 if (extra_length
> 0)
7035 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7036 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7039 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7044 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7045 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7049 unsigned int section_count
;
7050 asection
**sections
;
7051 asection
*output_section
;
7053 asection
*matching_lma
;
7054 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7057 asection
*first_section
;
7059 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7062 first_section
= NULL
;
7063 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7064 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7066 section
= section
->next
)
7068 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7069 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7070 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7072 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7073 first_section
= section
;
7074 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7079 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7080 all of the sections we have selected. */
7081 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7082 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7083 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7087 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7088 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7090 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7091 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7092 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7094 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7095 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7097 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7099 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7100 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7103 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7104 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7105 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7106 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7107 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7109 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7111 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7112 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7113 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7114 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7115 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7117 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7118 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7121 if (section_count
== 0)
7123 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7124 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7125 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7126 a warning is produced.
7127 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7128 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7129 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7130 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7131 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7132 /* xgettext:c-format */
7134 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7135 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7136 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7138 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7140 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7141 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7146 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7147 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7148 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7149 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7151 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7152 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7155 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7156 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7157 of the first section.
7159 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7160 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7161 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7162 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7163 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7165 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7166 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7167 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7168 or segments to contain the other sections.
7170 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7171 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7172 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7174 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7175 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7176 if (sections
== NULL
)
7179 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7180 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7181 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7182 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7183 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7186 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7187 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7189 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7191 section
= section
->next
)
7193 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7195 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7197 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7199 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7200 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7201 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7202 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7204 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7205 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7207 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7208 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7209 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7210 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7211 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7212 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7214 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7215 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7216 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7218 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7219 LMA address of the output section. */
7220 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7222 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7223 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7224 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7226 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7227 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7228 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7230 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7231 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7233 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7235 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7236 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7238 if (j
== section_count
)
7243 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7245 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7247 if (isec
== section_count
)
7249 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7250 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7251 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7252 program header in the input BFD. */
7253 map
->count
= section_count
;
7254 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7255 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7258 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7260 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7261 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7262 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7263 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7264 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7266 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7268 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7269 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7277 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7278 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7279 section fitted, the first section. */
7280 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7281 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7283 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7285 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7286 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7287 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7289 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7291 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7292 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7293 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7294 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7295 offset when we know the correct value. */
7296 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7297 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7300 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7302 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7303 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7304 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7305 first section lma, but there may have been some
7306 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7307 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7308 the same alignment. */
7309 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7310 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7311 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7315 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7316 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7317 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7318 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7319 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7320 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7326 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7328 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7329 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7331 section
= sections
[j
];
7333 if (section
== NULL
)
7336 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7338 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7340 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7342 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7344 if (map
->count
== 0)
7346 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7347 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7349 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7350 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7351 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7352 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7353 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7355 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7356 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7363 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7365 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7366 and the start of this section is more than
7367 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7368 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7370 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7371 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7372 > output_section
->lma
))
7374 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7375 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7381 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7384 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7385 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7387 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7388 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7391 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7392 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7393 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7394 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7395 So allow a count of zero. */
7397 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7398 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7399 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7401 if (isec
< section_count
)
7403 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7404 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7405 and carry on looping. */
7406 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7407 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7408 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7415 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7416 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7417 not yet been assigned. */
7419 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7420 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7421 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7422 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7423 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7424 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7425 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7430 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7434 while (isec
< section_count
);
7439 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7441 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7442 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7443 the offset if necessary. */
7444 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7448 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7451 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7452 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7453 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7455 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7456 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7459 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7460 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7467 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7468 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7470 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7471 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7472 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7473 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7474 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7475 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7479 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7482 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7484 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7485 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7486 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7487 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7488 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7490 unsigned int num_segments
;
7491 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7492 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7493 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7495 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7498 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7500 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7501 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7502 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7503 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7504 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7507 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7509 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7513 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7518 unsigned int section_count
;
7520 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7521 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7522 asection
*lowest_section
;
7524 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7525 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7527 section
= section
->next
)
7529 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7530 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7532 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7533 first_section
= section
;
7538 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7539 all of the sections we have selected. */
7540 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7541 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7542 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7546 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7549 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7550 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7551 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7552 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7553 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7554 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7555 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7556 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7558 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7559 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7561 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7562 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7563 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7564 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7565 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7567 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7568 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7571 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7572 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7573 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7574 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7576 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7577 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7579 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7580 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7581 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7582 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7583 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7585 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7586 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7589 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7590 if (section_count
!= 0)
7592 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7594 for (section
= first_section
;
7596 section
= section
->next
)
7598 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7599 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7601 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7602 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7606 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7607 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7608 lowest_section
= section
;
7610 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7611 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7612 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7613 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7615 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7616 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7618 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7619 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7620 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7622 if (isec
== section_count
)
7628 if (section_count
== 0)
7629 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7630 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7632 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7633 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7634 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7635 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7636 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7637 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7639 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7640 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7643 map
->count
= section_count
;
7644 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7645 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7648 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7652 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7656 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7658 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7659 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7662 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7665 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7667 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7668 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7669 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7670 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7671 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7672 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7673 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7675 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7677 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7678 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7681 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7682 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7683 section
= section
->next
)
7684 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7686 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7687 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7691 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7692 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7693 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7694 map in this case. */
7695 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7696 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7697 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7700 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7701 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7703 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7704 from the input BFD. */
7705 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7707 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7709 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7710 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7711 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7713 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7714 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7716 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7717 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7718 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7719 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7720 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7721 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7727 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7729 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7730 section
= section
->next
)
7732 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7735 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7738 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7742 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7744 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7745 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7746 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7748 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7749 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7751 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7754 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7755 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7757 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7758 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7759 /* xgettext:c-format */
7760 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7761 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7762 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7764 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7767 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7768 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7771 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7774 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7777 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7781 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7784 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7785 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7786 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7788 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7789 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7792 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7794 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7795 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7796 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7797 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7798 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7799 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7800 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7801 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7802 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7803 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7804 are different the user may be doing something like
7805 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7806 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7807 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7808 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7810 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7811 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7812 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7814 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7815 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7816 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7818 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7819 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7820 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7821 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7822 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7824 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7825 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7826 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7827 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7828 if ((link_info
== NULL
7829 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7830 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7831 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7833 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7834 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7835 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7836 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7839 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7840 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7841 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7844 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7846 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7847 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7848 may be NULL at this point. */
7849 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7851 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7852 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7853 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7856 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7861 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7862 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7865 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7870 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7872 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7873 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7876 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7877 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7879 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7881 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7882 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7883 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7884 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7885 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7887 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7891 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7892 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7893 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7894 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7895 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7899 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7903 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7904 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7906 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7907 asection
*s
= first
;
7908 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7912 /* If this member section is being output but the
7913 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7914 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7915 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7916 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7918 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7919 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7921 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7922 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7923 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7924 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7926 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7928 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7929 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7931 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7932 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7935 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7941 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7943 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7944 adjust the input section size. */
7945 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7946 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7947 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7948 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7951 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7956 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7958 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7959 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7961 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7962 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7971 /* Copy private header information. */
7974 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7976 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7977 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7980 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7981 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7982 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7983 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7984 already been worked out. */
7985 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7987 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7991 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7994 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7995 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7996 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7997 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7998 swap_out_syms function. */
8000 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8001 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8002 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8003 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8004 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8007 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8012 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8014 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8015 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8018 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
8019 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
8022 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8024 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8028 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8029 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8030 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8031 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8032 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8033 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8035 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8036 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8037 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8038 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8039 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8045 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8048 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8049 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8052 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8053 unsigned int symcount
;
8055 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8056 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8057 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8058 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8059 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8060 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8061 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8062 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8063 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8065 unsigned int num_locals
;
8067 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8069 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8072 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8073 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8077 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8078 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8079 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8080 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8081 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8082 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8083 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8084 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8086 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8087 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8089 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8090 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8091 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8093 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8094 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8098 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8099 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8102 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8105 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8108 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8109 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8111 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8112 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8114 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8116 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8117 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8119 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8120 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8122 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8123 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8126 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8127 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8128 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8129 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8130 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8132 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8135 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8137 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8138 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8144 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8145 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8146 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8147 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8148 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8149 outbound_syms_index
++;
8150 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8151 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8155 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8156 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8158 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8159 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8161 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8162 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8163 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8164 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8167 if (!name_local_sections
8168 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8170 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8171 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8175 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8176 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8178 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8180 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8184 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8186 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8187 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8189 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8190 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8191 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8192 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8193 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8194 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8195 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8197 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8198 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8199 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8203 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8206 if (sec
->output_section
)
8208 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8209 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8212 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8213 if (! relocatable_p
)
8215 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8216 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8218 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8220 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8222 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8223 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8224 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8225 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8229 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8232 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8235 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8238 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8241 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8242 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8249 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8251 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8252 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8253 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8257 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8258 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8259 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8268 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8270 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8274 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8275 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8276 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8277 demand of applications. For example, it
8278 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8279 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8280 actually in the output file. */
8281 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8283 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8284 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8286 /* xgettext:c-format */
8288 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8289 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8290 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8292 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8298 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8301 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8303 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8304 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8305 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8307 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8309 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8311 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8316 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8319 /* Processor-specific types. */
8320 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8321 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8322 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8323 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8325 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8327 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8328 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8330 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8332 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8334 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8336 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8337 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8338 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8340 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8341 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8343 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8345 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8346 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8350 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8351 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8354 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8356 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8358 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8359 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8360 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8362 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8365 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8368 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8370 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8371 sym
.st_target_internal
8372 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8377 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8381 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8382 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8383 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8385 outbound_syms_index
++;
8386 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8387 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8390 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8391 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8393 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8394 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8396 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8397 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8398 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8400 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8401 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8402 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8404 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8405 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8407 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8408 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8413 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8414 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8415 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8416 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8417 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8418 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8419 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8420 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8425 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8427 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8428 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8429 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8432 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8434 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8436 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8438 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8439 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8441 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8444 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8446 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8452 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8454 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8456 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8458 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8460 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8464 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8465 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8467 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8470 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8472 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8478 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8481 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8482 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8484 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8488 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8491 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8494 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8501 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8503 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8506 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8507 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8508 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8512 return section
->reloc_count
;
8516 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8518 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8519 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8522 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8527 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8528 asymbol
**allocation
)
8530 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8531 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8534 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8538 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8539 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8540 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8541 dynamic reloc section. */
8544 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8546 bfd_size_type count
;
8549 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8551 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8556 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8557 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8558 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8559 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8561 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8562 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8564 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8568 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8571 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8572 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8573 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8574 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8575 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8576 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8577 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8580 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8584 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8588 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8590 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8594 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8596 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8598 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8599 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8600 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8605 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8607 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8609 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8620 /* Read in the version information. */
8623 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8625 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8626 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8629 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8631 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8632 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8633 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8635 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8637 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8639 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8640 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8642 error_return_bad_verref
:
8644 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8645 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8646 error_return_verref
:
8647 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8648 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8652 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8653 goto error_return_verref
;
8654 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8655 if (contents
== NULL
)
8656 goto error_return_verref
;
8658 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8660 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8661 goto error_return_verref
;
8663 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8664 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8665 goto error_return_verref
;
8667 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8668 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8669 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8670 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8671 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8672 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8674 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8675 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8678 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8680 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8682 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8683 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8685 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8686 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8688 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8689 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8692 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8693 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8695 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8696 goto error_return_verref
;
8698 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8699 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8700 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8701 goto error_return_verref
;
8704 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8705 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8706 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8708 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8709 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8710 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8711 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8713 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8715 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8716 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8717 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8718 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8719 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8721 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8722 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8724 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8725 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8727 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8730 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8731 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8733 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8734 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8735 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8737 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8738 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8741 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8742 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8744 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8745 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8747 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8748 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8749 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8751 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8752 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8754 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8760 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8762 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8763 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8764 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8765 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8766 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8768 unsigned int maxidx
;
8769 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8771 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8773 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8775 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8777 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8779 error_return_verdef
:
8780 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8781 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8785 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8786 goto error_return_verdef
;
8787 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8788 if (contents
== NULL
)
8789 goto error_return_verdef
;
8791 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8792 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8793 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8794 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8795 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8796 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8798 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8799 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8801 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8803 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8805 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8807 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8808 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8809 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8810 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8812 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8815 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8816 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8817 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8819 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8820 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8823 if (default_imported_symver
)
8825 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8830 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8832 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8833 goto error_return_verdef
;
8835 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8836 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8837 goto error_return_verdef
;
8839 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8841 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8842 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8843 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8845 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8846 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8849 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8851 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8852 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8854 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8855 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8857 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8859 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8860 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8863 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8864 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8866 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8867 goto error_return_verdef
;
8869 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8870 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8871 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8872 goto error_return_verdef
;
8876 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8877 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8879 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8880 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8881 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8882 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8884 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8886 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8887 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8888 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8889 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8890 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8892 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8893 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8895 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8898 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8899 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8901 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8902 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8903 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8905 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8906 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8909 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8910 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8911 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8913 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8914 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8916 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8917 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8919 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8920 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8926 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8933 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8935 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8938 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8939 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8945 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8946 if (default_imported_symver
)
8948 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8949 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8951 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8953 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8954 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8955 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8956 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8958 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8960 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8961 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8962 goto error_return_verdef
;
8963 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8964 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8965 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8966 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8967 goto error_return_verdef
;
8969 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8970 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8976 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8982 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8984 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8986 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
8989 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8990 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8994 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8998 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9001 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9002 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9006 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9009 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9010 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9013 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9014 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9015 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9018 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9019 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9020 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9021 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9022 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9023 we treat such symbols as local. */
9024 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9027 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9028 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9029 These labels have the form:
9031 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9033 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9035 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9036 so we only need to match the rest. */
9037 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9039 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9043 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9045 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9047 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9048 /* A fake symbol. */
9051 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9052 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9053 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9054 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9055 other than some kind of local ? */
9072 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9073 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9080 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9081 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9082 unsigned long machine
)
9084 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9085 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9086 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9087 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9088 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9091 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9094 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9095 for error reporting. */
9098 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9102 const char **filename_ptr
,
9103 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9104 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9105 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9109 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9110 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9111 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9112 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9113 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9116 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9117 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9119 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9120 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9121 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9126 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9127 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9128 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9129 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9131 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9134 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9137 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9138 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9145 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9148 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9149 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9151 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9152 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9153 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9154 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9157 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9158 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9159 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9160 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9161 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9164 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9165 const char **filename_ptr
,
9166 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9167 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9170 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9171 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9172 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9177 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9179 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9180 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9182 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9184 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9186 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9188 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9191 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9192 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9195 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9198 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9206 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9208 const void *location
,
9210 bfd_size_type count
)
9212 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9215 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9216 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9222 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9223 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9225 unsigned char *contents
;
9227 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9228 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9232 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9235 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9237 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9241 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9244 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9247 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9251 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9252 if (contents
== NULL
)
9255 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9262 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9266 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9267 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9268 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9275 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9276 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9277 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9283 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9286 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9288 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9290 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9292 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9293 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9295 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9296 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9298 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9300 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9303 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9306 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9309 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9312 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9315 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9318 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9324 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9326 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9328 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9329 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9331 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9336 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9342 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9345 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9348 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9351 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9354 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9360 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9364 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9372 /* xgettext:c-format */
9373 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9374 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9375 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9380 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9382 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9383 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9385 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9386 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9387 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9390 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9393 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9394 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9395 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9398 bfd_reloc_status_type
9399 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9400 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9401 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9402 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9403 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9405 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9408 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9409 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9410 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9411 out details about the corefile. */
9413 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9414 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9415 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9416 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9419 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9420 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9423 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9427 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9429 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9434 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9435 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9436 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9440 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9444 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9447 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9451 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9452 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9453 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9457 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9458 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9459 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9460 such a section already exists.
9461 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9462 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9463 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9465 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9471 char *threaded_name
;
9475 /* Build the section name. */
9477 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9478 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9479 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9480 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9482 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9484 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9489 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9490 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9492 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9496 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9499 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9505 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9506 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9507 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9512 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9514 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9518 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9521 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9526 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9530 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9531 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9532 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9534 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9535 has already been set by another thread. */
9536 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9537 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9538 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9539 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9541 /* pr_who exists on:
9544 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9547 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9548 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9550 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9553 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9554 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9556 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9557 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9559 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9560 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9561 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9563 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9564 has already been set by another thread. */
9565 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9566 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9567 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9568 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9570 /* pr_who exists on:
9573 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9576 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9577 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9579 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9582 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9585 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9586 note size (ie. data object type). */
9590 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9591 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9592 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9594 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9596 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9598 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9600 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9602 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9603 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9606 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9607 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9608 data structure apart. */
9611 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9613 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9616 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9617 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9621 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9623 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9626 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9627 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9628 contents literally. */
9631 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9633 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9637 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9639 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9643 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9645 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9649 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9651 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9655 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9657 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9661 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9663 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9667 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9669 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9673 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9675 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9679 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9681 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9685 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9687 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9691 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9693 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9697 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9699 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9703 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9705 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9709 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9711 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9715 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9717 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9721 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9723 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9727 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9729 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9733 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9735 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9739 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9741 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9745 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9747 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9751 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9753 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9757 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9759 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9763 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9765 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9769 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9771 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9775 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9777 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9781 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9783 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9787 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9789 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9793 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9795 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9799 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9801 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9805 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9807 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9811 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9813 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9817 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9819 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9823 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9825 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9829 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9831 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9835 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9837 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9840 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9841 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9842 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9843 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9847 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9848 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9849 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9850 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9854 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9855 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9856 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9859 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9862 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9870 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9874 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9880 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9882 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9884 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9886 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9888 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9890 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9891 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9893 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9894 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9895 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9897 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9898 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9899 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9901 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9902 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9904 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9905 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9907 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9909 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9910 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9912 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9913 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9914 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9916 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9917 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9918 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9924 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9925 note size (ie. data object type). */
9929 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9930 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9931 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9934 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9935 int n
= strlen (command
);
9937 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9938 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9943 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9945 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9947 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9949 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9950 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9951 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9957 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9959 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9961 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9962 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9964 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9967 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9969 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9972 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9973 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9974 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9978 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9980 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9982 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9984 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9990 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9991 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9992 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9997 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9999 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10000 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10002 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10003 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10005 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10007 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10008 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10009 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10012 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10014 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10018 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10019 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10020 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10021 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10024 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10025 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10026 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10029 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10031 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10034 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10036 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10037 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10038 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10041 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10043 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10047 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10048 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10049 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10050 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10053 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10054 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10055 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10058 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10060 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10062 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10065 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10072 int is_active_thread
;
10075 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
10078 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10081 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10085 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
10086 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10087 /* process_info.pid */
10088 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10089 /* process_info.signal */
10090 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10093 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
10094 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10095 /* thread_info.tid */
10096 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10098 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10099 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10103 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10105 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10109 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10111 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10112 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10113 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10115 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10116 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10118 if (is_active_thread
)
10119 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10123 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10124 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10125 /* module_info.base_address */
10126 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10127 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10129 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10130 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10134 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10136 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10141 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10142 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10143 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10154 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10156 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10158 switch (note
->type
)
10164 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10165 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10167 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10168 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10173 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10175 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10178 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10180 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10183 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10184 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10186 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10187 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10189 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10190 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10191 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10192 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10196 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10197 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10198 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10199 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10204 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10205 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10206 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10211 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10212 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10213 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10218 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10219 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10220 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10225 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10226 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10227 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10232 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10233 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10234 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10239 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10240 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10241 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10246 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10247 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10248 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10252 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10253 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10254 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10255 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10259 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10260 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10261 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10262 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10266 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10267 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10268 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10269 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10273 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10274 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10275 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10276 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10280 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10281 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10282 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10283 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10287 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10288 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10289 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10290 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10294 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10295 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10296 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10297 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10301 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10302 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10303 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10304 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10308 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10309 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10310 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10311 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10315 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10316 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10317 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10318 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10322 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10323 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10324 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10325 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10329 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10330 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10331 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10332 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10337 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10338 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10339 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10343 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10344 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10345 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10346 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10350 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10351 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10352 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10353 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10357 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10358 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10359 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10360 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10365 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10366 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10367 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10371 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10372 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10373 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10374 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10378 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10379 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10380 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10381 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10385 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10386 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10387 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10388 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10392 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10393 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10394 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10395 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10400 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10401 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10402 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10407 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10408 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10409 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10413 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10414 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10415 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10416 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10420 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10421 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10422 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10423 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10428 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10429 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10430 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10434 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10435 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10436 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10437 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10443 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10444 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10446 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10447 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10453 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10456 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10460 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10467 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10469 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10471 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10474 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10475 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10478 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10479 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10480 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10486 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10488 switch (note
->type
)
10493 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10494 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10496 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10497 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10502 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10504 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10505 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10506 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10508 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10509 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10510 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10512 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10518 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10520 switch (note
->type
)
10523 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10531 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10535 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10538 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10543 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10551 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10552 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10557 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10558 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10562 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10566 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10567 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10568 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10571 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10572 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10573 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10576 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10579 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10580 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10584 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10590 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10596 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10597 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10598 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10602 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10606 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10607 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10614 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10617 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10618 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10621 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10622 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10623 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10625 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10630 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10634 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10637 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10638 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10640 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10643 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10644 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10645 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10648 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10649 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10652 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10653 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10656 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10657 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10658 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10662 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10664 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10666 switch (note
->type
)
10669 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10670 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10672 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10675 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10678 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10680 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10681 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10682 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10686 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10687 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10690 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10691 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10694 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10695 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10698 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10699 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10701 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10702 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10703 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10707 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10708 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10712 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10720 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10724 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10727 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10734 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10736 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10739 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10740 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10741 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10743 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10744 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10745 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10747 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10748 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10749 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10751 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10756 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10760 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10761 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10763 switch (note
->type
)
10765 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10766 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10767 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10768 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10769 creates a core file. */
10770 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10771 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10772 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10773 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10774 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10776 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
10777 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10778 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10779 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10786 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10787 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10788 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10791 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10795 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10797 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10798 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10800 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10801 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10802 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10803 switch (note
->type
)
10805 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10806 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10808 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10809 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10815 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10816 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10817 structure which lacks GBR. */
10820 switch (note
->type
)
10822 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10823 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10825 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10826 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10832 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10833 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10836 switch (note
->type
)
10838 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10839 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10841 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10842 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10852 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10854 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10857 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10858 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10859 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10861 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10862 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10863 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10865 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10866 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10867 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10873 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10875 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10876 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10878 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10879 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10881 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10882 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10884 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10885 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10887 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10888 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10890 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10892 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10897 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10898 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10899 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10908 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10910 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10917 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10920 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10921 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10923 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10924 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10926 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10927 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10929 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10930 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10932 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10933 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10936 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10937 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10938 thread just in case. */
10939 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10940 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10942 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10943 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10945 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10948 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10950 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10954 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10955 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10956 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10958 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10962 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10963 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10971 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10972 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10974 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10977 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10979 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10983 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10984 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10985 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10987 /* This is the current thread. */
10988 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10989 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10994 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10995 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10996 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10997 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11000 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11002 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11003 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11005 static long tid
= 1;
11007 switch (note
->type
)
11009 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11010 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11011 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11012 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11013 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11014 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11015 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11016 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11023 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11029 /* Use note name as section name. */
11030 len
= note
->namesz
;
11031 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11034 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11035 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11037 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11041 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11042 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11043 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11048 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11051 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11055 size of data for note
11057 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11058 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11059 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11060 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11063 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11066 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11074 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11081 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11083 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11085 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11088 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11089 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11090 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11091 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11092 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11093 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11097 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11105 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11115 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11116 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11117 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11118 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11119 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11120 be NULL terminated.
11121 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11122 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11123 the finer control available with later versions.
11124 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11125 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11126 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11127 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11128 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11129 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11130 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11133 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11137 const char *psargs
)
11139 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11141 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11144 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11145 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11150 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11151 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11152 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11154 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11156 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11159 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11162 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11163 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11164 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11165 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11166 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11171 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11173 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11176 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11179 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11180 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11181 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11182 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11183 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11185 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11190 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11191 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11195 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11196 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11197 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11199 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11201 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11203 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11204 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11205 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11209 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11211 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11212 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11213 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11218 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11219 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11220 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11222 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11224 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11226 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11227 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11228 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11232 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11234 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11235 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11236 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11241 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11248 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11250 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11253 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11255 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11260 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11261 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11262 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11264 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11266 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11267 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11268 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11269 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11270 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11271 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11278 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11279 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11280 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11281 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11282 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11283 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11285 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11291 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11293 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11300 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11301 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11303 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11304 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11305 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11306 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11307 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11308 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11309 #if !defined(gregs)
11310 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11311 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11313 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11314 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11317 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11318 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11320 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11322 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11324 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11328 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11329 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11331 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11332 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11333 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11335 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11339 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11340 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11341 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11342 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11350 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11351 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11352 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11353 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11357 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11360 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11363 const void *fpregs
,
11366 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11367 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11368 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11372 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11375 const void *xfpregs
,
11378 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11379 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11380 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11384 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11385 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11388 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11389 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11391 note_name
= "LINUX";
11392 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11393 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11397 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11400 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11403 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11404 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11405 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11409 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11412 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11415 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11416 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11417 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11421 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11424 const void *ppc_tar
,
11427 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11428 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11429 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11433 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11436 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11439 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11440 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11441 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11445 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11448 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11451 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11452 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11453 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11457 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11460 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11463 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11464 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11465 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11469 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11472 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11475 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11476 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11477 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11481 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11484 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11487 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11488 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11489 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11493 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11496 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11499 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11500 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11501 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11505 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11508 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11511 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11512 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11513 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11517 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11520 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11523 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11524 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11525 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11529 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11532 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11535 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11536 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11537 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11541 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11544 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11547 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11548 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11549 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11553 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11556 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11559 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11560 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11561 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11565 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11568 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11571 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11572 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11573 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11577 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11580 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11583 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11584 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11585 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11586 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11590 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11593 const void *s390_timer
,
11596 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11597 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11598 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11602 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11605 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11608 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11609 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11610 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11614 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11617 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11620 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11621 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11622 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11626 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11629 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11632 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11633 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11634 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11638 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11641 const void *s390_prefix
,
11644 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11645 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11646 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11650 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11653 const void *s390_last_break
,
11656 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11657 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11658 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11659 s390_last_break
, size
);
11663 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11666 const void *s390_system_call
,
11669 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11670 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11671 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11672 s390_system_call
, size
);
11676 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11679 const void *s390_tdb
,
11682 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11683 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11684 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11688 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11691 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11694 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11695 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11696 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11700 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11703 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11706 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11707 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11708 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11709 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11713 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11716 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11719 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11720 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11721 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11726 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11729 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11732 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11733 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11734 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11739 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11742 const void *arm_vfp
,
11745 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11746 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11747 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11751 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11754 const void *aarch_tls
,
11757 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11758 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11759 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11763 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11766 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11769 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11770 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11771 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11775 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11778 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11781 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11782 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11783 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11787 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11790 const void *aarch_sve
,
11793 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11794 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11795 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11799 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11802 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11805 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11806 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11807 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11811 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11814 const char *section
,
11818 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11819 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11820 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11821 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11822 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11823 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11824 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11825 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11826 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11827 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11828 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11829 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11830 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11831 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11832 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11833 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11834 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11835 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11836 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11837 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11838 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11839 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11840 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11841 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11842 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11843 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11844 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11845 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11846 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11847 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11848 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11849 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11850 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11851 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11852 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11853 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11854 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11855 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11856 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11857 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11858 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11859 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11860 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11861 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11862 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11863 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11864 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11865 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11866 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11867 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11868 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11869 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11870 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11871 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11872 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11873 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11874 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11875 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11876 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11877 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11878 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11879 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11880 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11881 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11882 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11883 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11884 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11885 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11886 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11887 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11888 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11889 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11890 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11891 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11896 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11901 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11902 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11903 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11904 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11907 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11911 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11913 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11914 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11916 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11919 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11921 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11922 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11923 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11926 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11927 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11928 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11930 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11931 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11934 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11941 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11944 const char * string
;
11946 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11950 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11951 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11952 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11953 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11954 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11955 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
11956 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
11958 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11961 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11963 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11964 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11965 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11967 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11976 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11978 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11981 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11982 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11984 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11990 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11997 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12002 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12005 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12008 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12012 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12013 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12016 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12026 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12028 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12029 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12030 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12033 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12035 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12037 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12041 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12044 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12045 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12046 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12047 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12049 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12050 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12053 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12057 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12059 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12063 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12064 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12065 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12066 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12071 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12072 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12073 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12074 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12076 return reloc_class_normal
;
12079 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12080 relocation against a local symbol. */
12083 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12084 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12086 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12088 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12089 bfd_vma relocation
;
12091 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12092 + sec
->output_offset
12094 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12095 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12096 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12099 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12100 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12101 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12104 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12105 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12106 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12107 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12108 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12109 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12110 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12113 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12114 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12120 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12121 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12125 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12127 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12128 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12130 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12131 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12132 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12135 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12136 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12137 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12138 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12142 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12143 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12147 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12149 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12150 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12152 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12153 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12156 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12158 /* Reverse the offset. */
12159 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12160 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12162 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12163 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12164 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12165 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12171 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12172 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12173 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12174 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12175 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12176 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12178 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12179 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12180 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12181 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12182 the remote memory. */
12185 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12188 bfd_size_type size
,
12189 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12190 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12192 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12193 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12197 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12198 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12199 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12204 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12207 const char *relplt_name
;
12208 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12212 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12218 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12221 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12224 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12227 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12228 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12229 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12230 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12231 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12234 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12235 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12236 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12239 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12243 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12244 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12247 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12248 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12249 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12250 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12252 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12253 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12256 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12258 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12263 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12267 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12268 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12270 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12275 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12276 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12279 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12280 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12281 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12282 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12283 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12284 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12286 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12289 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12290 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12292 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12296 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12297 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12298 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12299 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12302 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12305 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12306 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12313 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12314 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12315 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12316 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12317 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12318 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12319 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12320 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12323 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12325 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12327 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12329 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12330 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12332 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12333 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12334 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12335 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12337 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12338 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12339 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12340 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12342 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12343 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12344 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12345 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12346 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12347 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12348 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12356 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12357 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12358 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12361 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12363 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12364 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12367 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12368 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12369 otherwise return zero. */
12372 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12375 bfd_size_type size
;
12377 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12378 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12379 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12382 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12384 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12385 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12391 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12392 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12394 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12395 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12396 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12398 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12401 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12402 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12404 unsigned int shindex
)
12406 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12407 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12410 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12411 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12413 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12414 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12417 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12420 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12422 asymbol
** symbols
)
12424 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12426 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12427 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12429 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12430 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12431 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12434 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12436 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12437 associated with SEC. */
12438 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12440 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12442 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12443 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12445 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12446 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12447 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12448 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12450 unsigned int entsize
;
12451 unsigned int symcount
;
12452 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12455 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12458 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12459 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12460 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12462 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12464 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12465 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12471 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12472 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12474 free (native_relocs
);
12475 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12480 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12481 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12483 free (native_relocs
);
12488 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12489 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12492 free (native_relocs
);
12493 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12494 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12499 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12501 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12502 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12504 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12507 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12509 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12511 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12512 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12513 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12514 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12515 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12516 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12518 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12520 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12522 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12523 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12524 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12525 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12527 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12530 /* xgettext:c-format */
12531 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12532 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12533 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12534 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12535 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12542 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12544 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12545 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12546 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12549 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12551 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12552 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12554 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12555 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12562 free (native_relocs
);
12563 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12564 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12571 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12574 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12575 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12576 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12577 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12582 if (isection
== NULL
)
12585 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12588 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12592 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12596 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
== NULL
);
12597 elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12598 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12599 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12600 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12602 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12604 /* xgettext:c-format */
12605 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12607 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12611 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12612 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12613 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12616 /* xgettext:c-format */
12617 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12619 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12623 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12625 if (isection
== NULL
12626 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12627 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12630 /* xgettext:c-format */
12631 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12633 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12637 osection
->sh_info
=
12638 elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12640 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12641 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12642 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12648 /* Write out a secondary reloc section. */
12651 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12653 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12654 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12656 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12657 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12662 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12663 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12664 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12667 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12669 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12670 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12671 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12673 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12674 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12676 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12677 associated with SEC. */
12678 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12680 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12681 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12683 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12684 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12686 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12688 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12690 arelent
* src_irel
;
12691 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12693 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
12696 /* xgettext:c-format */
12697 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
12699 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12704 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12705 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
12708 /* xgettext:c-format */
12709 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
12711 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12716 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
12717 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
12720 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12721 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12722 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12726 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
12727 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
12728 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
12731 /* xgettext:c-format */
12732 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
12734 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12739 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= hdr
->sh_entsize
)
12741 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
12746 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
12750 /* xgettext:c-format */
12751 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
12752 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12753 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12758 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
12760 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
12765 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12767 if (sym
== last_sym
)
12771 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
12775 /* xgettext:c-format */
12776 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
12777 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12787 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
12788 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
12789 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
12792 /* xgettext:c-format */
12793 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
12794 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12795 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12801 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
12802 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
12805 /* xgettext:c-format */
12806 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
12807 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12808 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12810 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
12813 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
12814 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
12815 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);